blob: c12bacff59bc8eda7d7abc57ca39280663b0f8f5 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000046 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000047 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000048 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000049 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000050 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000051 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000052 </ol>
53 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000054 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
55 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000056 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +000057 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000058 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000059 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000060 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
61 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000063 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000064 </ol>
65 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000066 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
67 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000068 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000069 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000072 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000073 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000074 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000077 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000078 </ol>
79 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000080 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000081 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000082 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000083 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000084 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +000087 <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000088 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000089 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000090 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
91 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000092 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000093 </ol>
94 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +000095 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
96 <ol>
97 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +000098 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
99 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000100 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
101 Global Variable</a></li>
102 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
103 Global Variable</a></li>
104 </ol>
105 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000106 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
107 <ol>
108 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
109 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000110 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000112 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +0000113 <li><a href="#i_indbr">'<tt>indbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000116 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000117 </ol>
118 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000119 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
120 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000127 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
128 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
129 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000130 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
131 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
132 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000133 </ol>
134 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000135 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
136 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000137 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
138 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000140 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000142 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000143 </ol>
144 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000145 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
146 <ol>
147 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
148 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000150 </ol>
151 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000152 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
153 <ol>
154 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
155 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
156 </ol>
157 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000158 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000159 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000160 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000161 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
162 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000164 </ol>
165 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000166 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000167 <ol>
168 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
169 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000173 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000177 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
178 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000179 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000180 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000181 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000182 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
183 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000184 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
185 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000186 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000190 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000191 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000192 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000193 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000194 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000195 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000196 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
197 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000198 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
199 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
200 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000201 </ol>
202 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000203 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
204 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000205 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
206 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000208 </ol>
209 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000210 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
211 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000212 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
213 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000219 </ol>
220 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000221 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
222 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000223 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000228 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
229 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
230 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000231 </ol>
232 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000233 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000234 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000235 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
237 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000239 </ol>
240 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000241 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
242 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000243 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
244 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000248 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000249 </ol>
250 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000251 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000254 <ol>
255 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000256 </ol>
257 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000258 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
259 <ol>
260 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
261 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
272 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
273 </ol>
274 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000275 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
276 <ol>
277 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
281 </ol>
282 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000283 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000284 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000285 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000286 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000287 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000288 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000289 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000290 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
291 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
292 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000293 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000294 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000295 </ol>
296 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000297</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000298
299<div class="doc_author">
300 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
301 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000302</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000303
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000304<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000305<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
306<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000307
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000308<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000309
310<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
311 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
312 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
313 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
314 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
315
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000316</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000317
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000318<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000319<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
320<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000321
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000322<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000323
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000324<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
325 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
326 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
327 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
328 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
329 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
330 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
331 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000332
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000333<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
334 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
335 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
336 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
337 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
338 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
339 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
340 variable is never accessed outside of the current function... allowing it to
341 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000342
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000343</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000344
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000345<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000346<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000347
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000348<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000349
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000350<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
351 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
352 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
353 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000354
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000355<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000356<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000357%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000358</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000359</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000360
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000361<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its
362 uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used
363 to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run
364 by the parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it
365 outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate
366 bugs in transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
367
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000368</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000369
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000370<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000371
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000372<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000373<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000374<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000375
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000376<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000377
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000378<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
379 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
380 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
381 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
382 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000383
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000384<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000385 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000386 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
387 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
388 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
389 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
390 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
391 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
392 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000393
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000394 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000395 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000396
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000397 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000398 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000399</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000400
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000401<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000402 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
403 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
404 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
405 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000406
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000407<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000408 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
409 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
410 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
411 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
412 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
413 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
414 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
415 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000416
417<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000418 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000419
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000420<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000421
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000422<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000423<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000424%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000425</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000426</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000427
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000428<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000429
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000430<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000431<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000432%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000433</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000434</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000435
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000436<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000437
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000438<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000439<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000440<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
441<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
442%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000443</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000444</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000445
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000446<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
447 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000448
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000449<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000450 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000451 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000452
453 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000454 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000455
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000456 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
457</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000458
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000459<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000460 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
461 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
462 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000463
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000464</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000465
466<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
467<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
468<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
469
470<!-- ======================================================================= -->
471<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
472</div>
473
474<div class="doc_text">
475
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000476<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
477 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
478 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
479 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
480 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
481 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000482
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000483<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000484<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000485<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
486 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000487
488<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000489<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000490
491<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000492define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +0000493 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000494 %cast210 = <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000495 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000496
497 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
498 <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000499 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000500 <a
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000501 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
502</pre>
503</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000504
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000505<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
506 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function, and
507 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
508 "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000509
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000510<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
511 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
512 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
513 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
514 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000515
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000516</div>
517
518<!-- ======================================================================= -->
519<div class="doc_subsection">
520 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
521</div>
522
523<div class="doc_text">
524
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000525<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
526 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000527
528<dl>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000529 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000530 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
531 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
532 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
533 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
534 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
535 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000536
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000537 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000538 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000539 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
540 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
541 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
542 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
543 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000544
Dale Johannesen2307a7f2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000545 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000546 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
547 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
548 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000549
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000550 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000551 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000552 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
553 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
554 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
555 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
556 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
557 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000558
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000559 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000560 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000561 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
562 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
563 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
564 allowed to be discarded.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000565
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000566 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000567 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
568 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
569 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
570 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
571
572 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt>
573 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
574 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
575 global scope.
576 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
577 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000578 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
579 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
580 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
581 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000582
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000583
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000584 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000585 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000586 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
587 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
588 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
589 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000590
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000591 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000592 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
593 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
594 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000595
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +0000596 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
597 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000598 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
599 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
600 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
601 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
602 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
603 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
604 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000605
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000606 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000607 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000608 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
609 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000610</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000611
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000612<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
613 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
614 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000615
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000616<dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000617 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000618 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000619 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
620 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
621 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
622 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000623
624 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000625 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000626 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
627 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
628 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
629 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000630</dl>
631
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000632<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
633 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
634 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
635 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
636 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
637
638<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
639 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
640 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
641
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000642<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000643 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
644
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000645</div>
646
647<!-- ======================================================================= -->
648<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000649 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
650</div>
651
652<div class="doc_text">
653
654<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000655 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
656 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
657 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
658 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
659 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000660
661<dl>
662 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000663 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000664 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
665 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
666 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
667 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000668
669 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000670 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000671 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
672 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
673 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
674 (Application Binary Interface). Implementations of this convention should
675 allow arbitrary <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call
676 optimization</a> to be supported. This calling convention does not
677 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
678 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000679
680 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000681 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000682 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
683 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
684 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
685 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
686 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000687
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000688 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000689 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000690 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
691 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000692</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000693
694<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000695 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
696 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000697
698</div>
699
700<!-- ======================================================================= -->
701<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000702 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
703</div>
704
705<div class="doc_text">
706
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000707<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
708 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000709
710<dl>
711 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000712 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000713 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
714 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
715 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
716 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000717
718 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000719 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000720 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
721 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
722 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
723 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000724
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000725 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000726 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000727 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
728 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
729 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000730</dl>
731
732</div>
733
734<!-- ======================================================================= -->
735<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000736 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
737</div>
738
739<div class="doc_text">
740
741<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000742 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
743 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000744
745<div class="doc_code">
746<pre>
747%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
748</pre>
749</div>
750
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000751<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
752 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
753 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000754
755<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000756 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
757 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
758 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
759 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
760 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
761 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
762 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
763 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000764
765</div>
766
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000767<!-- ======================================================================= -->
768<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000769 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
770</div>
771
772<div class="doc_text">
773
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000774<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000775 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
776 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
777 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
778 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
779 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
780 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
781 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
782 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
783 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
784 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000785
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000786<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
787 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
788 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
789 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
790 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
791 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000792
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000793<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
794 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
795 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
796 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
797 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000798
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000799<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
800 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
801 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
802 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
803 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000804
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000805<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000806 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000807
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000808<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000809 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
810 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
811 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
812 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000813
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000814<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
815 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000816
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000817<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000818<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000819@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000820</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000821</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000822
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000823</div>
824
825
826<!-- ======================================================================= -->
827<div class="doc_subsection">
828 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
829</div>
830
831<div class="doc_text">
832
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000833<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
834 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
835 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
836 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
837 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
838 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
839 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
840 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
841 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
842 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000843
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000844<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
845 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
846 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
847 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
848 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
849 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
850 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000851
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000852<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000853 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
854 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
855 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
856 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000857
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000858<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000859 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
860 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
861 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
862 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000863
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000864<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000865 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000866
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000867<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000868 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
869 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
870 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
871 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000872
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000873<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000874<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000875<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000876define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000877 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
878 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
879 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
880 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
881</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000882</div>
883
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000884</div>
885
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000886<!-- ======================================================================= -->
887<div class="doc_subsection">
888 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
889</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000891<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000892
893<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
894 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
895 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
896 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000897
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000898<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000899<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000900<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000901@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000902</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000903</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000904
905</div>
906
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000907<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000908<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000909
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000910<div class="doc_text">
911
912<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
913 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
914 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
915 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
916 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
917 can have the same function type.</p>
918
919<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
920 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
921 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000922
923<div class="doc_code">
924<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000925declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000926declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
927declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000928</pre>
929</div>
930
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000931<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
932 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000933
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000934<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000935
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000936<dl>
937 <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000938 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
939 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
940 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000941
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000942 <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000943 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
944 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
945 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000946
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000947 <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000948 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
949 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
950 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
951 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
952 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000953
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000954 <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000955 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
956 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
957 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
958 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
959 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
960 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
961 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
962 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
963 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
964 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
965 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
966 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
967 stack slot.</dd>
968
969 <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000970 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
971 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
972 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
973 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
974 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
975 for return values. </dd>
976
977 <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000978 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
979 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
980 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
981 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
982 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
983 response in
984 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
985 analysis</a>.</dd>
986
987 <dt><tt>nocapture</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000988 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
989 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
990 values.</dd>
991
992 <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000993 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
994 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
995 attribute for return values.</dd>
996</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000997
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000998</div>
999
1000<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001001<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001002 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1003</div>
1004
1005<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001006
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001007<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1008 string:</p>
1009
1010<div class="doc_code">
1011<pre>
1012define void @f() gc "name" { ...
1013</pre>
1014</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001015
1016<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001017 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1018 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1019
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001020</div>
1021
1022<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1023<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001024 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001025</div>
1026
1027<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001028
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001029<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1030 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1031 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1032 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001033
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001034<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1035 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001036
1037<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001038<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001039define void @f() noinline { ... }
1040define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1041define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
1042define void @f() optsize
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001043</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001044</div>
1045
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001046<dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001047 <dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001048 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1049 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1050 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001051
Dale Johannesende86d472009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001052 <dt><tt>inlinehint</tt></dt>
1053 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1054 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1055 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1056
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001057 <dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001058 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1059 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1060 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001061
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001062 <dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001063 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1064 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1065 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001066
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001067 <dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001068 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1069 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1070 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001071
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001072 <dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001073 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1074 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1075 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001076
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001077 <dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001078 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1079 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1080 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1081 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1082 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1083 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1084 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1085 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1086 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001087
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001088 <dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001089 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1090 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1091 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1092 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1093 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1094 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1095 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1096 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1097 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001098
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001099 <dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001100 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1101 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1102 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1103 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1104 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1105<br>
1106 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1107 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1108 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1109
1110 <dt><tt>sspreq</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001111 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1112 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001113 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1114<br>
1115 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1116 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1117 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1118 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001119
1120 <dt><tt>noredzone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001121 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1122 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1123
1124 <dt><tt>noimplicitfloat</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001125 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1126
1127 <dt><tt>naked</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001128 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1129 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001130</dl>
1131
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001132</div>
1133
1134<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1135<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001136 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001137</div>
1138
1139<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001140
1141<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1142 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1143 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1144 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001145
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001146<div class="doc_code">
1147<pre>
1148module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1149module asm "more can go here"
1150</pre>
1151</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001152
1153<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1154 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001155 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001156
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001157<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1158 assembly code is generated.</p>
1159
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001160</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001161
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001162<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1163<div class="doc_subsection">
1164 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1165</div>
1166
1167<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001168
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001169<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001170 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1171 simply:</p>
1172
1173<div class="doc_code">
1174<pre>
1175target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1176</pre>
1177</div>
1178
1179<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1180 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1181 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1182 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1183
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001184<dl>
1185 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1186 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001187 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1188
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001189 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001190 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001191 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1192 location.</dd>
1193
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001194 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1195 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001196 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1197 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1198 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1199
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001200 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1201 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001202 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1203
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001204 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1205 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001206 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1207
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001208 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1209 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001210 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1211 (double).</dd>
1212
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001213 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1214 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001215 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1216
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001217 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1218 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001219 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001220</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001221
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001222<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001223 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1224 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1225 are given in this list:</p>
1226
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001227<ul>
1228 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1229 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1230 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1231 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1232 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1233 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001234 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001235 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1236 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1237 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1238 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1239 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1240 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001241 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001242</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001243
1244<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1245 following rules:</p>
1246
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001247<ol>
1248 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001249 specification is used.</li>
1250
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001251 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001252 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1253 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1254 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1255 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1256 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1257 specified).</li>
1258
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001259 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001260 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1261 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1262 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001263</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001264
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001265</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001266
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001267<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1268<div class="doc_subsection">
1269 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1270</div>
1271
1272<div class="doc_text">
1273
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001274<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001275with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001276is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1277according to the following rules:</p>
1278
1279<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001280 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1281 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1282 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1283 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1284 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001285 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1286 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1287 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1288 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001289 no address.</li>
1290 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1291 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1292 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1293 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1294 <li>The result value of a
1295 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001296 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1297 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1298 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1299 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001300 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001301 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1302 </ul>
1303
1304<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001305<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1306alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1307interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1308<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1309and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001310
1311<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1312<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1313LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1314additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1315to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1316
1317</div>
1318
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001319<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001320<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1321<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001322
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001323<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001324
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001325<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001326 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1327 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1328 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1329 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1330 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1331 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001332
1333</div>
1334
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001335<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001336<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001337Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001338
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001339<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001340
1341<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001342
1343<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001344 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001345 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001346 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001347 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001348 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001349 </tr>
1350 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001351 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1352 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001353 </tr>
1354 <tr>
1355 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001356 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1357 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1358 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001359 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001360 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1361 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001362 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1363 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001364 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001365 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001366 <tr>
1367 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1368 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1369 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001370 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1371 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001372 </tr>
1373 <tr>
1374 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1375 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1376 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1377 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1378 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1379 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1380 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1381 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1382 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001383 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001384 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001385 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001386</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001387
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001388<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1389 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001390 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001391
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001392</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001393
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001394<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001395<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001396
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001397<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001398
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001399<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001400 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001401
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001402</div>
1403
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001404<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001405<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1406
1407<div class="doc_text">
1408
1409<h5>Overview:</h5>
1410<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1411 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1412 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1413
1414<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1415<pre>
1416 iN
1417</pre>
1418
1419<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1420 value.</p>
1421
1422<h5>Examples:</h5>
1423<table class="layout">
1424 <tr class="layout">
1425 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1426 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1427 </tr>
1428 <tr class="layout">
1429 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1430 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1431 </tr>
1432 <tr class="layout">
1433 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1434 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1435 </tr>
1436</table>
1437
1438<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types to be
1439 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a return type
1440 the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1441 often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit targets.</p>
1442
1443</div>
1444
1445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001446<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1447
1448<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001449
1450<table>
1451 <tbody>
1452 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1453 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1454 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1455 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1456 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1457 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1458 </tbody>
1459</table>
1460
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001461</div>
1462
1463<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1464<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1465
1466<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001467
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001468<h5>Overview:</h5>
1469<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1470
1471<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001472<pre>
1473 void
1474</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001475
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001476</div>
1477
1478<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1479<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1480
1481<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001482
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001483<h5>Overview:</h5>
1484<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1485
1486<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001487<pre>
1488 label
1489</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001490
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001491</div>
1492
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001493<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1494<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1495
1496<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001497
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001498<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001499<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1500 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1501 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001502
1503<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001504<pre>
1505 metadata
1506</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001507
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001508</div>
1509
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001510
1511<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001512<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001513
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001514<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001515
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001516<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1517 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001518 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1519 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1520 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1521 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001522
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001523</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001524
1525<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001526<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001527
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001528<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001529
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001530<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001531<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001532 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1533 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001534
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001535<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001536<pre>
1537 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1538</pre>
1539
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001540<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1541 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001542
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001543<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001544<table class="layout">
1545 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001546 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1547 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1548 </tr>
1549 <tr class="layout">
1550 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1551 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1552 </tr>
1553 <tr class="layout">
1554 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1555 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001556 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001557</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001558<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1559<table class="layout">
1560 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001561 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1562 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1563 </tr>
1564 <tr class="layout">
1565 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1566 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1567 </tr>
1568 <tr class="layout">
1569 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1570 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001571 </tr>
1572</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001573
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001574<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1575 length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
1576 LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). As
1577 a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1578 length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
1579 type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001580
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001581<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1582 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1583 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1584 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001585
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001586</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001587
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001588<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001589<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001590
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001591<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001592
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001593<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001594<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1595 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1596 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1597 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1598 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001599
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001600<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001601<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001602 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001603</pre>
1604
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001605<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001606 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1607 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1608 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1609 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001610 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is a any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001611 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001612
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001613<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001614<table class="layout">
1615 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001616 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1617 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001618 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001619 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001620 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001621 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001622 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1623 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001624 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001625 <tt>float</tt>.
1626 </td>
1627 </tr><tr class="layout">
1628 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1629 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001630 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001631 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1632 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001633 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001634 </tr><tr class="layout">
1635 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001636 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1637 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001638 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001639 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001640</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001641
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001642</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001643
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001644<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001645<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001646
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001647<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001648
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001649<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001650<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1651 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1652 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1653 size.</p>
1654
1655<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1656 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1657 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1658
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001659<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001660<pre>
1661 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1662</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001663
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001664<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001665<table class="layout">
1666 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001667 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1668 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1669 </tr><tr class="layout">
1670 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1671 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1672 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1673 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1674 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001675 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001676</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001677
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001678<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1679 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1680 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1681 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001682
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001683</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001684
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001685<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001686<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1687</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001688
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001689<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001690
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001691<h5>Overview:</h5>
1692<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001693 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1694 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1695 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1696
1697<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1698 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1699 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1700
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001701<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001702<pre>
1703 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1704</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001705
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001706<h5>Examples:</h5>
1707<table class="layout">
1708 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001709 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1710 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1711 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001712 <td class="left">
1713<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001714 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1715 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1716 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1717 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001718 </tr>
1719</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001720
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001721</div>
1722
1723<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001724<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001725
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001726<div class="doc_text">
1727
1728<h5>Overview:</h5>
1729<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1730 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1731 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1732 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1733
1734<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1735 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001736
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001737<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001738<pre>
1739 &lt;type&gt; *
1740</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001741
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001742<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001743<table class="layout">
1744 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001745 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001746 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1747 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1748 </tr>
1749 <tr class="layout">
1750 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1751 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001752 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001753 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1754 </tr>
1755 <tr class="layout">
1756 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1757 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1758 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001759 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001760</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001761
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001762</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001763
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001764<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001765<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001766
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001767<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001768
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001769<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001770<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1771 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1772 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
1773 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1774 of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are considered
1775 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001776
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001777<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001778<pre>
1779 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1780</pre>
1781
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001782<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1783 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001784
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001785<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001786<table class="layout">
1787 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001788 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1789 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1790 </tr>
1791 <tr class="layout">
1792 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1793 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1794 </tr>
1795 <tr class="layout">
1796 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1797 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001798 </tr>
1799</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001800
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001801<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types to be
1802 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a vector
1803 return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1804 often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001805
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001806</div>
1807
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001808<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1809<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1810<div class="doc_text">
1811
1812<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001813<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001814 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1815 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1816 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001817
1818<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001819<pre>
1820 opaque
1821</pre>
1822
1823<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001824<table class="layout">
1825 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001826 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1827 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001828 </tr>
1829</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001830
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001831</div>
1832
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001833<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1834<div class="doc_subsection">
1835 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1836</div>
1837
1838<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001839
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001840<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001841<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1842 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1843 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1844 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1845 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001846
1847<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001848 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001849 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1850 \1* %z = type %z*
1851</pre>
1852
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001853<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1854 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1855 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1856 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1857 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001858
1859<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1860<pre>
1861 \&lt;level&gt;
1862</pre>
1863
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001864<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001865
1866<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001867<table class="layout">
1868 <tr class="layout">
1869 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1870 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1871 </tr>
1872 <tr class="layout">
1873 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1874 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1875 structure.</td>
1876 </tr>
1877</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001878
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001879</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001880
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001881<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1882<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1883<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1884
1885<div class="doc_text">
1886
1887<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001888 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001889
1890</div>
1891
1892<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001893<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001894
1895<div class="doc_text">
1896
1897<dl>
1898 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001899 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001900 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001901
1902 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001903 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1904 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1905 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001906
1907 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001908 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001909 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1910 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1911 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1912 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1913 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001914
1915 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001916 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001917 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001918</dl>
1919
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001920<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1921 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1922 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1923 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1924 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1925 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1926 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1927 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1928 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1929 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1930
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001931<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001932 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1933 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1934 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1935 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1936 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1937 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1938 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1939 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1940 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1941 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1942 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1943
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001944</div>
1945
1946<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001947<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001948<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1949<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001950</div>
1951
1952<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001953
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001954<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001955 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001956
1957<dl>
1958 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001959 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001960 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1961 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1962 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1963 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1964 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1965 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001966
1967 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001968 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001969 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1970 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1971 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1972 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1973 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001974
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001975 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001976 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001977 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1978 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
1979 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
1980 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
1981 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001982
1983 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001984 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001985 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1986 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
1987 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
1988 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00001989
1990 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00001991 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001992 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
1993 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
1994 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
1995 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001996</dl>
1997
1998</div>
1999
2000<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2001<div class="doc_subsection">
2002 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2003</div>
2004
2005<div class="doc_text">
2006
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002007<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2008 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2009 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2010 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2011 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2012 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002013
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002014<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002015<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002016@X = global i32 17
2017@Y = global i32 42
2018@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002019</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002020</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002021
2022</div>
2023
2024<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002025<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002026<div class="doc_text">
2027
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002028<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002029 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002030 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2031 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002032
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002033<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002034 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2035 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2036 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002037
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002038
2039<div class="doc_code">
2040<pre>
2041 %A = add %X, undef
2042 %B = sub %X, undef
2043 %C = xor %X, undef
2044Safe:
2045 %A = undef
2046 %B = undef
2047 %C = undef
2048</pre>
2049</div>
2050
2051<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2052Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2053
2054<div class="doc_code">
2055<pre>
2056 %A = or %X, undef
2057 %B = and %X, undef
2058Safe:
2059 %A = -1
2060 %B = 0
2061Unsafe:
2062 %A = undef
2063 %B = undef
2064</pre>
2065</div>
2066
2067<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2068For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2069always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002070such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
2071However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2072optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2073the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
2074-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002075
2076<div class="doc_code">
2077<pre>
2078 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2079 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2080 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2081Safe:
2082 %A = %X (or %Y)
2083 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2084 %C = %Y
2085Unsafe:
2086 %A = undef
2087 %B = undef
2088 %C = undef
2089</pre>
2090</div>
2091
2092<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2093conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2094operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2095bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2096the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2097%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2098
2099
2100<div class="doc_code">
2101<pre>
2102 %A = xor undef, undef
2103
2104 %B = undef
2105 %C = xor %B, %B
2106
2107 %D = undef
2108 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2109 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2110
2111Safe:
2112 %A = undef
2113 %B = undef
2114 %C = undef
2115 %D = undef
2116 %E = undef
2117 %F = undef
2118</pre>
2119</div>
2120
2121<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2122This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2123assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2124number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2125arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2126"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2127logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002128so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002129to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002130would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002131
2132<div class="doc_code">
2133<pre>
2134 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2135 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2136Safe:
2137 %A = undef
2138b: unreachable
2139</pre>
2140</div>
2141
2142<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2143value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2144allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2145can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2146not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2147a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2148value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002149has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002150does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2151it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2152it occurs in dead code.
2153</p>
2154
2155<div class="doc_code">
2156<pre>
2157a: store undef -> %X
2158b: store %X -> undef
2159Safe:
2160a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2161b: unreachable
2162</pre>
2163</div>
2164
2165<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
2166can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
2167overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2168store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2169has undefined behavior.</p>
2170
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002171</div>
2172
2173<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2174<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2175</div>
2176
2177<div class="doc_text">
2178
2179<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002180 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2181 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2182 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2183 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002184
2185<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002186 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002187 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2188 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002189
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002190 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002191 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2192 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2193 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002194
2195 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002196 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2197 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2198 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002199
2200 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002201 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2202 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2203 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002204
2205 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002206 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2207 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2208 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002209
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002210 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002211 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002212 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2213 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2214 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2215 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002216
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002217 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002218 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002219 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2220 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2221 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2222 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002223
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002224 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002225 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002226 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2227 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2228 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2229 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002230
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002231 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002232 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002233 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2234 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2235 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2236 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002237
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002238 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2239 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002240 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2241 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2242 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002243
2244 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002245 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2246 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2247 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2248 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002249
2250 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002251 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2252 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2253 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002254
2255 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002256 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002257 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002258 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2259 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2260 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002261
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002262 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002263 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002264
2265 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2266 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2267
2268 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2269 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002270
2271 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002272 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2273 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002274
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002275 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002276 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2277 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002278
2279 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002280 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2281 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002282
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002283 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002284 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2285 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2286 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2287 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2288 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002289</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002290
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002291</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002292
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002293<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2294<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
2295</div>
2296
2297<div class="doc_text">
2298
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002299<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
2300 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2301 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2302 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2303 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002304
2305<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002306 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2307 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002308
2309<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002310 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002311 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2312 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002313
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002314<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2315 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2316 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckycb337992009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002317
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002318<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002319 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2320 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2321 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2322
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002323</div>
2324
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002325<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002326<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2327<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2328
2329<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2330<div class="doc_subsection">
2331<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2332</div>
2333
2334<div class="doc_text">
2335
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002336<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2337 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2338 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2339 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002340 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002341 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2342 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2343 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002344
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002345<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002346<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002347i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002348</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002349</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002350
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002351<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2352 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2353 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002354
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002355<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002356<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002357%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002358</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002359</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002360
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002361<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2362 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2363 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002364
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002365<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002366<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002367call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002368</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002369</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002370
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002371<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2372 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2373 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2374 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2375 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2376 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002377
2378<div class="doc_code">
2379<pre>
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002380call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002381</pre>
2382</div>
2383
2384<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2385 first.</p>
2386
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002387<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002388 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2389 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2390 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002391
2392</div>
2393
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002394
2395<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2396<div class="doc_section">
2397 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2398</div>
2399<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2400
2401<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2402code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002403of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2404section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2405by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002406
2407<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2408<div class="doc_subsection">
2409<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2410</div>
2411
2412<div class="doc_text">
2413
2414<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2415href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2416pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2417cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2418
2419<pre>
2420 @X = global i8 4
2421 @Y = global i32 123
2422
2423 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2424 i8* @X,
2425 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2426 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2427</pre>
2428
2429<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2430compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2431a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2432internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2433list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2434inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2435"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2436
2437<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2438object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2439
2440</div>
2441
2442<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2443<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002444<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2445</div>
2446
2447<div class="doc_text">
2448
2449<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2450<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2451touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2452linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2453by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2454
2455<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2456should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2457
2458</div>
2459
2460<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2461<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002462<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2463</div>
2464
2465<div class="doc_text">
2466
2467<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2468
2469</div>
2470
2471<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2472<div class="doc_subsection">
2473<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2474</div>
2475
2476<div class="doc_text">
2477
2478<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2479
2480</div>
2481
2482
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002483<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002484<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2485<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002486
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002487<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002488
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002489<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2490 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2491 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2492 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2493 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2494 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002495
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002496</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002497
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002498<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002499<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2500Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002501
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002502<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002503
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002504<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2505 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2506 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2507 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2508 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2509 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2510
2511<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2512 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2513 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2514 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002515 '<a href="#i_indbr">'<tt>indbr</tt>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002516 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2517 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2518 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002519
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002520</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002521
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002522<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002523<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2524Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002525
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002526<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002527
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002528<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002529<pre>
2530 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002531 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002532</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002533
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002534<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002535<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2536 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2537
2538<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2539 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2540 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002541
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002542<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002543<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2544 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2545 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002546
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002547<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2548 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2549 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2550 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2551 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002552
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002553<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002554<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2555 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2556 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2557 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2558 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2559 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2560 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2561 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002562
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002563<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002564<pre>
2565 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002566 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002567 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002568</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002569
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00002570<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
2571 return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
2572 dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
2573 is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
2574 For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
2575 types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
2576 elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002577
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002578</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002579<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002580<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002581
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002582<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002583
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002584<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002585<pre>
2586 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002587</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002588
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002589<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002590<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2591 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2592 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2593 branch.</p>
2594
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002595<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002596<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2597 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2598 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2599 target.</p>
2600
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002601<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002602<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002603 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2604 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2605 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2606
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002607<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002608<pre>
2609Test:
2610 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2611 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2612IfEqual:
2613 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2614IfUnequal:
2615 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2616</pre>
2617
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002618</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002619
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002620<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002621<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2622 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2623</div>
2624
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002625<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002626
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002627<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002628<pre>
2629 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2630</pre>
2631
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002632<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002633<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002634 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2635 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2636 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002637
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002638<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002639<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002640 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2641 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2642 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002643
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002644<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002645<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002646 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2647 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002648 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2649 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002650
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002651<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002652<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002653 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2654 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2655 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002656
2657<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002658<pre>
2659 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002660 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002661 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002662
2663 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002664 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002665
2666 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002667 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2668 i32 1, label %onone
2669 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002670</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002671
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002672</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002673
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002674
2675<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2676<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2677 <a name="i_indbr">'<tt>indbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
2678</div>
2679
2680<div class="doc_text">
2681
2682<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2683<pre>
2684 indbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
2685</pre>
2686
2687<h5>Overview:</h5>
2688
2689<p>The '<tt>indbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
2690 within the current function, whose address is specified by
2691 "<tt>address</tt>".</p>
2692
2693<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2694
2695<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2696 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2697 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2698 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
2699
2700<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2701 understanding of the CFG.</p>
2702
2703<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2704
2705<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
2706 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
2707 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
2708 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
2709
2710<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2711
2712<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
2713
2714<h5>Example:</h5>
2715<pre>
2716 switch i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
2717</pre>
2718
2719</div>
2720
2721
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002722<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002723<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2724 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2725</div>
2726
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002727<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002728
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002730<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002731 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002732 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002733</pre>
2734
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002735<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002736<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002737 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2738 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2739 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2740 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2741 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2742 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2743 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002744
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002745<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002746<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002747
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002748<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002749 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2750 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2751 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002752
2753 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002754 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2755 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002756
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002757 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002758 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2759 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2760 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002761
2762 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002763 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002764
2765 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002766 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2767 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2768 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002769
2770 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002771 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002772
2773 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002774 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002775
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002776 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002777 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2778 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002779</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002780
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002781<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002782<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2783 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2784 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2785 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002786
2787<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002788 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2789 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2790 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002791
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002792<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2793 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2794 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2795 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002796
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002797<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002798<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002799 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002800 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002801 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002802 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002803</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002804
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002805</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002806
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002807<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002808
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002809<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2810Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002811
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002812<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002813
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002814<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002815<pre>
2816 unwind
2817</pre>
2818
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002819<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002820<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002821 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2822 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2823 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002824
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002825<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002826<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002827 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2828 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2829 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2830 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2831 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2832
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002833</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002834
2835<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2836
2837<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2838Instruction</a> </div>
2839
2840<div class="doc_text">
2841
2842<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2843<pre>
2844 unreachable
2845</pre>
2846
2847<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002848<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002849 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2850 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2851 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002852
2853<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002854<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002855
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002856</div>
2857
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002858<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002859<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002860
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002861<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002862
2863<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2864 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2865 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2866 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2867 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2868
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002869<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002870
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002871</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002872
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002873<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002874<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2875 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2876</div>
2877
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002878<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002879
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002880<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002881<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002882 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002883 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2884 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2885 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002886</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002887
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002888<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002889<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002890
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002891<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002892<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2893 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2894 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002895
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002896<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002897<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002898
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002899<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2900 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002901
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002902<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2903 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002904
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002905<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2906 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2907 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2908 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002909
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002910<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002911<pre>
2912 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002913</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002914
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002915</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002916
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002917<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002918<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002919 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2920</div>
2921
2922<div class="doc_text">
2923
2924<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002925<pre>
2926 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2927</pre>
2928
2929<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002930<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2931
2932<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002933<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002934 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2935 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002936
2937<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002938<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2939
2940<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002941<pre>
2942 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2943</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002944
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002945</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002946
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002947<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2948<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002949 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2950</div>
2951
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002952<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002953
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002954<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002955<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002956 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002957 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2958 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2959 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002960</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002961
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002962<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002963<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002964 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002965
2966<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002967 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2968 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002969
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002970<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002971<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
2972 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2973 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002974
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002975<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002976<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002977
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002978<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002979 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
2980 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002981
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002982<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2983 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002984
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002985<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2986 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2987 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
2988 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002989
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002990<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00002991<pre>
2992 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002993 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002994</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002995
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002996</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002997
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002998<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002999<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003000 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3001</div>
3002
3003<div class="doc_text">
3004
3005<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003006<pre>
3007 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3008</pre>
3009
3010<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003011<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003012 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003013
3014<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003015 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3016 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003017
3018<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003019<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003020 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3021 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003022
3023<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003024<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3025
3026<h5>Example:</h5>
3027<pre>
3028 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3029 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3030</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003031
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003032</div>
3033
3034<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3035<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003036 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3037</div>
3038
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003039<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003040
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003041<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003042<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003043 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003044 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3045 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3046 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003047</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003048
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003049<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003050<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003051
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003052<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003053<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3054 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3055 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003056
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003057<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003058<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003059
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003060<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3061 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3062 width of the result.</p>
3063
3064<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3065 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3066 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3067 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3068 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3069 product.</p>
3070
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003071<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3072 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3073 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
3074 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003075
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003076<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003077<pre>
3078 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003079</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003080
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003081</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003082
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003083<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003084<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3085 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3086</div>
3087
3088<div class="doc_text">
3089
3090<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003091<pre>
3092 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003093</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003094
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003095<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003096<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003097
3098<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003099<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003100 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3101 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003102
3103<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003104<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3105
3106<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003107<pre>
3108 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003109</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003110
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003111</div>
3112
3113<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003114<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3115</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003116
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003117<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003118
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003119<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003120<pre>
3121 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003122</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003123
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003124<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003125<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003126
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003127<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3128<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003129 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3130 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003131
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003132<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003133<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003134
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003135<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003136 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3137
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003138<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003139
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003140<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003141<pre>
3142 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003143</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003144
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003145</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003146
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003147<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3148<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3149</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003150
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003151<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003152
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003153<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003154<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003155 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003156 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003157</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003158
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003159<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003160<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003161
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003162<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003163<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003164 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3165 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003166
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003167<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003168<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3169 towards zero.</p>
3170
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003171<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003172 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3173
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003174<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3176 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3177
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003178<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
3179 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
3180 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003181
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003182<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003183<pre>
3184 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003185</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003186
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003187</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003188
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003189<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3190<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003191Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003192
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003193<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003194
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003195<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003196<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003197 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003198</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003199
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003200<h5>Overview:</h5>
3201<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003202
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003203<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003204<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003205 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3206 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003207
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003208<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003209<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003210
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003211<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003212<pre>
3213 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003214</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003215
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003216</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003217
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003218<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003219<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3220</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003221
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003222<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003223
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003224<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003225<pre>
3226 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003227</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003228
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003229<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003230<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3231 division of its two arguments.</p>
3232
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003233<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003234<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003235 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3236 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3237
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003238<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3239<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003240 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3241 remainder.</p>
3242
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003243<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003244 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3245
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003246<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003247
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003248<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003249<pre>
3250 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003251</pre>
3252
3253</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003254
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003255<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003256<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3257 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3258</div>
3259
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003260<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003261
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003262<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003263<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003264 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003265</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003266
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003267<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003268<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3269 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3270 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3271 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003272
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003273<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003274<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003275 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3276 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003277
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003278<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003279<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003280 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3281 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3282 a value. For more information about the difference,
3283 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3284 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3285 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3286 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3287
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003288<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003289 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3290
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003291<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003292 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3293 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3294 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3295 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3296 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3297
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003298<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003299<pre>
3300 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003301</pre>
3302
3303</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003304
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003305<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003306<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3307 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3308
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003309<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003310
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003311<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003312<pre>
3313 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003314</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003315
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003316<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003317<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3318 its two operands.</p>
3319
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003320<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3321<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003322 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3323 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003324
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003325<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003326<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3327 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003328
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003329<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003330<pre>
3331 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003332</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003333
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003334</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003335
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003336<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3337<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3338Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003339
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003340<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003341
3342<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3343 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3344 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3345 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3346 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3347
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003348</div>
3349
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003350<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3351<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3352Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003353
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003354<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003355
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003356<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003357<pre>
3358 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003359</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003360
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003361<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003362<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3363 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003364
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003365<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003366<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3367 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3368 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003369
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003370<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003371<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3372 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3373 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3374 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3375 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3376 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003377
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003378<h5>Example:</h5>
3379<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003380 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3381 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3382 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003383 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003384 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003385</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003386
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003387</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003388
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003389<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3390<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3391Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003392
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003393<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003394
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003395<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003396<pre>
3397 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003398</pre>
3399
3400<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003401<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3402 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003403
3404<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3405<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003406 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3407 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003408
3409<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3410<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003411 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3412 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3413 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3414 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3415 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003416
3417<h5>Example:</h5>
3418<pre>
3419 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3420 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3421 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3422 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003423 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003424 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003425</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003426
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003427</div>
3428
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003429<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003430<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3431Instruction</a> </div>
3432<div class="doc_text">
3433
3434<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003435<pre>
3436 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003437</pre>
3438
3439<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003440<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3441 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3442 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003443
3444<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3445<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003446 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3447 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003448
3449<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003450<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3451 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3452 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3453 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3454 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3455 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003456
3457<h5>Example:</h5>
3458<pre>
3459 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3460 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3461 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3462 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003463 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003464 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003465</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003466
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003467</div>
3468
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003469<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003470<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3471Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003472
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003473<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003474
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003475<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003476<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003477 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003478</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003479
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003480<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003481<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3482 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003483
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003484<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003485<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003486 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3487 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003488
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003489<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003490<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003491
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003492<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003493 <tbody>
3494 <tr>
3495 <td>In0</td>
3496 <td>In1</td>
3497 <td>Out</td>
3498 </tr>
3499 <tr>
3500 <td>0</td>
3501 <td>0</td>
3502 <td>0</td>
3503 </tr>
3504 <tr>
3505 <td>0</td>
3506 <td>1</td>
3507 <td>0</td>
3508 </tr>
3509 <tr>
3510 <td>1</td>
3511 <td>0</td>
3512 <td>0</td>
3513 </tr>
3514 <tr>
3515 <td>1</td>
3516 <td>1</td>
3517 <td>1</td>
3518 </tr>
3519 </tbody>
3520</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003521
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003522<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003523<pre>
3524 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003525 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3526 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003527</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003528</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003529<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003530<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003531
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003532<div class="doc_text">
3533
3534<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3535<pre>
3536 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3537</pre>
3538
3539<h5>Overview:</h5>
3540<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3541 two operands.</p>
3542
3543<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003544<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003545 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3546 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3547
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003548<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003549<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003550
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003551<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3552 <tbody>
3553 <tr>
3554 <td>In0</td>
3555 <td>In1</td>
3556 <td>Out</td>
3557 </tr>
3558 <tr>
3559 <td>0</td>
3560 <td>0</td>
3561 <td>0</td>
3562 </tr>
3563 <tr>
3564 <td>0</td>
3565 <td>1</td>
3566 <td>1</td>
3567 </tr>
3568 <tr>
3569 <td>1</td>
3570 <td>0</td>
3571 <td>1</td>
3572 </tr>
3573 <tr>
3574 <td>1</td>
3575 <td>1</td>
3576 <td>1</td>
3577 </tr>
3578 </tbody>
3579</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003580
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003581<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003582<pre>
3583 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003584 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3585 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003586</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003587
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003588</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003589
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003590<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003591<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3592Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003593
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003594<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003595
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003597<pre>
3598 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003599</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003600
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003601<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003602<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3603 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3604 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3605
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003606<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003607<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003608 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3609 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003610
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003611<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003612<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003613
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003614<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3615 <tbody>
3616 <tr>
3617 <td>In0</td>
3618 <td>In1</td>
3619 <td>Out</td>
3620 </tr>
3621 <tr>
3622 <td>0</td>
3623 <td>0</td>
3624 <td>0</td>
3625 </tr>
3626 <tr>
3627 <td>0</td>
3628 <td>1</td>
3629 <td>1</td>
3630 </tr>
3631 <tr>
3632 <td>1</td>
3633 <td>0</td>
3634 <td>1</td>
3635 </tr>
3636 <tr>
3637 <td>1</td>
3638 <td>1</td>
3639 <td>0</td>
3640 </tr>
3641 </tbody>
3642</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003643
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003644<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003645<pre>
3646 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003647 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3648 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3649 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003650</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003651
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003652</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003653
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003654<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003655<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003656 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3657</div>
3658
3659<div class="doc_text">
3660
3661<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003662 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3663 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3664 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3665 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3666 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003667
3668</div>
3669
3670<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3671<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3672 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3673</div>
3674
3675<div class="doc_text">
3676
3677<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003678<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003679 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003680</pre>
3681
3682<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003683<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3684 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003685
3686
3687<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003688<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3689 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3690 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3691 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003692
3693<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003694<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3695 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3696 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3697 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003698
3699<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003700<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003701 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003702</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003703
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003704</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003705
3706<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3707<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3708 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3709</div>
3710
3711<div class="doc_text">
3712
3713<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003714<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003715 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003716</pre>
3717
3718<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003719<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3720 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003721
3722<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003723<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3724 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3725 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3726 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3727 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003728
3729<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003730<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3731 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3732 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3733 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003734
3735<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003736<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003737 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003738</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003739
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003740</div>
3741
3742<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3743<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3744 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3745</div>
3746
3747<div class="doc_text">
3748
3749<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003750<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003751 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003752</pre>
3753
3754<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003755<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3756 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3757 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003758
3759<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003760<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3761 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3762 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3763 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3764 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003765
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003766<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3767 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003768
3769<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003770<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3771 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3772 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3773 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3774 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003775
3776<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003777<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003778 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003779 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003780 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
3781 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003782 %result = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
3783 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
3784 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
3785 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003786</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003787
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003788</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003789
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003790<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3791<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003792 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3793</div>
3794
3795<div class="doc_text">
3796
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003797<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003798
3799</div>
3800
3801<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3802<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3803 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3804</div>
3805
3806<div class="doc_text">
3807
3808<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003809<pre>
3810 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3811</pre>
3812
3813<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003814<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3815 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003816
3817<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003818<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3819 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3820 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3821 manner as indices in a
3822 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003823
3824<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003825<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3826 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003827
3828<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003829<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003830 %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003831</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003832
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003833</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003834
3835<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3836<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3837 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3838</div>
3839
3840<div class="doc_text">
3841
3842<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003843<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003844 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003845</pre>
3846
3847<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003848<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3849 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003850
3851
3852<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003853<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3854 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3855 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3856 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3857 similar manner as indices in a
3858 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3859 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3860 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003861
3862<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003863<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3864 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3865 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003866
3867<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003868<pre>
Dan Gohman52bb2db2008-06-23 15:26:37 +00003869 %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003870</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003871
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003872</div>
3873
3874
3875<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3876<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003877 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003878</div>
3879
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003880<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003881
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003882<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3883 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00003884 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003885 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003886
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003887</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003888
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003889<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003890<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003891 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3892</div>
3893
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003894<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003895
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003896<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003897<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003898 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003899</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003900
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003901<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003902<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003903 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3904 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3905 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003906
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003907<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003908<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3909 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3910 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3911 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3912 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3913 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3914 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3915 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3916 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003917
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003918<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003919
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003920<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003921<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003922 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3923 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3924 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3925 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3926 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3927 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3928 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003929
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003930<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003931<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003932 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3933 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3934 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3935 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003936</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003937
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003938</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003939
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003940<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003941<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3942Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003943
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003944<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003945
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003946<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003947<pre>
3948 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3949 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3950</pre>
3951
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003952<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003953<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003954
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003955<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003956<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
3957 from which to load. The pointer must point to
3958 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
3959 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
3960 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3961 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3962 instructions. </p>
3963
3964<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3965 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3966 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3967 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3968 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3969 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3970 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3971
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003972<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003973<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
3974 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
3975 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
3976 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
3977 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
3978 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
3979 same type.</p>
3980
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003981<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003982<pre>
3983 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3984 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003985 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003986</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003987
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003988</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003989
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003990<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003991<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
3992Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003993
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00003994<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003995
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003996<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003997<pre>
3998 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00003999 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004000</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004001
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004002<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004003<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004004
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004005<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004006<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4007 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4008 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4009 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
4010 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
4011 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
4012 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
4013 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4014 instructions.</p>
4015
4016<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4017 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4018 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4019 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4020 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4021 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4022 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4023
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004024<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004025<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4026 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4027 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4028 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4029 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4030 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4031 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4032 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4033
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004034<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004035<pre>
4036 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004037 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4038 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004039</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004040
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004041</div>
4042
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004043<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004044<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4045 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4046</div>
4047
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004048<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004049
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004050<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004051<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004052 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004053 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004054</pre>
4055
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004056<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004057<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
4058 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
4059 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004060
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004061<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004062<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004063 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004064 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4065 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4066 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4067 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4068 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
4069 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
4070 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
4071 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
4072 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004073
4074<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004075 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004076 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004077 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
4078 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004079
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004080<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4081 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004082
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004083<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004084<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004085struct RT {
4086 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004087 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004088 char C;
4089};
4090struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004091 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004092 double Y;
4093 struct RT Z;
4094};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004095
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004096int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004097 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4098}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004099</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004100</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004101
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004102<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004103
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004104<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004105<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004106%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4107%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004108
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004109define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004110entry:
4111 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4112 ret i32* %reg
4113}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004114</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004115</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004116
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004117<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004118<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004119 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4120 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4121 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4122 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4123 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4124 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4125 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4126 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004127
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004128<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4129 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4130 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004131
4132<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004133 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004134 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004135 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4136 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004137 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4138 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4139 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004140 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004141</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004142
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004143<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004144 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4145 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004146 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4147 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4148 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004149 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004150 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004151
4152<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4153 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4154 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4155 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4156 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4157 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4158 section for more information.</p>
4159
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004160<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4161 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004162
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004163<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004164<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004165 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004166 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4167 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004168 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004169 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4170 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004171 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004172 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004173</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004174
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004175</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004176
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004177<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004178<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004179</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004180
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004181<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004182
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004183<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004184 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4185 conversions on the operand.</p>
4186
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004187</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004188
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004189<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004190<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004191 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4192</div>
4193<div class="doc_text">
4194
4195<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4196<pre>
4197 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4198</pre>
4199
4200<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004201<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4202 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004203
4204<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004205<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4206 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4207 size and type of the result, which must be
4208 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4209 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4210 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004211
4212<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004213<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4214 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4215 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4216 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004217
4218<h5>Example:</h5>
4219<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004220 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004221 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
4222 %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004223</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004224
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004225</div>
4226
4227<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4228<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4229 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4230</div>
4231<div class="doc_text">
4232
4233<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4234<pre>
4235 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4236</pre>
4237
4238<h5>Overview:</h5>
4239<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004240 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004241
4242
4243<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4244<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004245 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4246 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4247 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4248 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004249
4250<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4251<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004252 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004253
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004254<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004255
4256<h5>Example:</h5>
4257<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004258 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004259 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004260</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004261
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004262</div>
4263
4264<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4265<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4266 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4267</div>
4268<div class="doc_text">
4269
4270<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4271<pre>
4272 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4273</pre>
4274
4275<h5>Overview:</h5>
4276<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4277
4278<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004279<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
4280 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4281 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4282 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4283 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004284
4285<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004286<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4287 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4288 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004289
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004290<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004291
4292<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004293<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004294 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004295 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004296</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004297
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004298</div>
4299
4300<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4301<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004302 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4303</div>
4304
4305<div class="doc_text">
4306
4307<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004308<pre>
4309 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4310</pre>
4311
4312<h5>Overview:</h5>
4313<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004314 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004315
4316<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4317<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004318 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4319 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
4320 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
4321 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004322
4323<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004324<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
4325 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
4326 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4327 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4328 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004329
4330<h5>Example:</h5>
4331<pre>
4332 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4333 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4334</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004335
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004336</div>
4337
4338<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4339<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004340 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4341</div>
4342<div class="doc_text">
4343
4344<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4345<pre>
4346 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4347</pre>
4348
4349<h5>Overview:</h5>
4350<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004351 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004352
4353<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4354<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004355 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4356 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4357 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004358
4359<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004360<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004361 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4362 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4363 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4364 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004365
4366<h5>Example:</h5>
4367<pre>
4368 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4369 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4370</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004371
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004372</div>
4373
4374<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4375<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004376 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004377</div>
4378<div class="doc_text">
4379
4380<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4381<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004382 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004383</pre>
4384
4385<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004386<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004387 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004388
4389<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004390<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4391 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4392 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4393 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4394 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004395
4396<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004397<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
4398 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4399 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4400 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004401
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004402<h5>Example:</h5>
4403<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004404 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004405 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004406 %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004407</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004408
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004409</div>
4410
4411<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4412<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004413 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004414</div>
4415<div class="doc_text">
4416
4417<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4418<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004419 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004420</pre>
4421
4422<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004423<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004424 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4425 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004426
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004427<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004428<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4429 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4430 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4431 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4432 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004433
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004434<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004435<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004436 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4437 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4438 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004439
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004440<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004441<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004442 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004443 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004444 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004445</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004446
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004447</div>
4448
4449<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4450<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004451 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004452</div>
4453<div class="doc_text">
4454
4455<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4456<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004457 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004458</pre>
4459
4460<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004461<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004462 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004463
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004464<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004465<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004466 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4467 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4468 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4469 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004470
4471<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004472<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004473 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4474 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4475 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004476
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004477<h5>Example:</h5>
4478<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004479 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004480 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004481</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004482
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004483</div>
4484
4485<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4486<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004487 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004488</div>
4489<div class="doc_text">
4490
4491<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4492<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004493 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004494</pre>
4495
4496<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004497<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4498 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004499
4500<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004501<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004502 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4503 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4504 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4505 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004506
4507<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004508<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4509 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4510 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004511
4512<h5>Example:</h5>
4513<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004514 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004515 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004516</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004517
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004518</div>
4519
4520<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4521<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004522 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4523</div>
4524<div class="doc_text">
4525
4526<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4527<pre>
4528 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4529</pre>
4530
4531<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004532<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4533 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004534
4535<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004536<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4537 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4538 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004539
4540<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4541<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004542 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4543 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4544 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4545 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4546 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4547 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004548
4549<h5>Example:</h5>
4550<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004551 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4552 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004553</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004554
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004555</div>
4556
4557<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4558<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4559 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4560</div>
4561<div class="doc_text">
4562
4563<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4564<pre>
4565 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4566</pre>
4567
4568<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004569<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4570 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004571
4572<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004573<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004574 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4575 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004576
4577<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4578<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004579 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4580 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4581 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4582 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4583 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004584
4585<h5>Example:</h5>
4586<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004587 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
4588 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4589 %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004590</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004591
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004592</div>
4593
4594<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4595<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004596 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004597</div>
4598<div class="doc_text">
4599
4600<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4601<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004602 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004603</pre>
4604
4605<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004606<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004607 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004608
4609<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004610<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4611 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4612 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4613 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4614 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4615 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4616 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4617 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004618
4619<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004620<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004621 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4622 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4623 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4624 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4625 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4626 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004627
4628<h5>Example:</h5>
4629<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004630 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004631 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004632 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004633</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004634
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004635</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004636
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004637<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4638<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004639
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004640<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004641
4642<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4643 defy better classification.</p>
4644
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004645</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004646
4647<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4648<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4649</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004650
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004651<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004652
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004653<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004654<pre>
4655 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004656</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004657
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004658<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004659<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4660 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4661 pointer operands.</p>
4662
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004663<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4664<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004665 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4666 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4667
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004668<ol>
4669 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4670 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4671 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4672 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4673 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4674 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4675 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4676 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4677 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4678 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4679</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004680
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004681<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004682 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4683 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4684
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004685<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004686<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4687 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004688 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004689 result, as follows:</p>
4690
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004691<ol>
4692 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004693 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4694 performed.</li>
4695
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004696 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004697 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4698 performed.</li>
4699
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004700 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004701 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4702
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004703 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004704 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4705 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4706
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004707 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004708 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4709
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004710 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004711 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4712
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004713 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004714 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4715
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004716 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004717 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4718 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4719
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004720 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004721 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4722
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004723 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004724 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004725</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004726
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004727<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004728 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4729
4730<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4731 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4732 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004733
4734<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004735<pre>
4736 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004737 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4738 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4739 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4740 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4741 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004742</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004743
4744<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4745 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4746
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004747</div>
4748
4749<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4750<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4751</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004752
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004753<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004754
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004755<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004756<pre>
4757 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004758</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004759
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004760<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004761<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4762 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4763
4764<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004765(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004766
4767<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4768 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4769 compared.</p>
4770
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004771<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4772<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004773 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4774 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4775
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004776<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004777 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004778 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4779 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4780 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4781 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4782 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4783 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4784 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4785 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4786 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4787 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4788 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4789 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4790 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4791 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004792 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004793</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004794
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004795<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004796 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4797
4798<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4799 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4800 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4801 identical types.</p>
4802
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004803<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004804<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004805 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4806 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004807 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004808 follows:</p>
4809
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004810<ol>
4811 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004812
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004813 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004814 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4815
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004816 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004817 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4818
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004819 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004820 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4821
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004822 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004823 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4824
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004825 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004826 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4827
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004828 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004829 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4830
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004831 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004832
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004833 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004834 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4835
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004836 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004837 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4838
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004839 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004840 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4841
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004842 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004843 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4844
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004845 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004846 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4847
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004848 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004849 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4850
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004851 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004852
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004853 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4854</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004855
4856<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004857<pre>
4858 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004859 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4860 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4861 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004862</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004863
4864<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4865 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4866
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004867</div>
4868
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004869<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004870<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004871 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4872</div>
4873
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004874<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004875
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004876<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004877<pre>
4878 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4879</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004880
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004882<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4883 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4884
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004885<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004886<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4887 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4888 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4889 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4890 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4891 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004892
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004893<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4894 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4895 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004896
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004897<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4898 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4899 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4900 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004901
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004902<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004903<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004904 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4905 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004906
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004907<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004908<pre>
4909Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4910 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4911 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4912 br label %Loop
4913</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004914
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004915</div>
4916
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004917<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4918<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4919 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4920</div>
4921
4922<div class="doc_text">
4923
4924<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004925<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004926 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4927
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004928 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004929</pre>
4930
4931<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004932<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4933 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004934
4935
4936<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004937<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4938 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4939 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4940 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4941 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004942
4943<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004944<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4945 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004946
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004947<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
4948 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004949
4950<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004951<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004952 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004953</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004954
4955<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
4956 with vector type.</p>
4957
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004958</div>
4959
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004960<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4961<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004962 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4963</div>
4964
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004965<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004966
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004967<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004968<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004969 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004970</pre>
4971
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004972<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004973<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004974
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004975<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004976<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004977
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004978<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004979 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
4980 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present,
4981 the function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls
4982 may be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
4983 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004984
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004985 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
4986 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
4987 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004988
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004989 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
4990 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
4991 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
4992
4993 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
4994 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
4995 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
4996
4997 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
4998 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
4999 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5000 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5001
5002 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5003 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5004 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5005 to function value.</li>
5006
5007 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
5008 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
5009 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
5010 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
5011 arguments can be specified.</li>
5012
5013 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5014 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5015 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005016</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005017
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005018<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005019<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5020 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5021 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5022 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5023 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5024 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005025
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005026<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005027<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005028 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005029 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5030 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5031 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5032 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005033
5034 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005035 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005036 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5037 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005038 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005039 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005040</pre>
5041
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005042<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005043standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5044optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5045something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
5046freestanding environments and non-C-based langauges.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005047
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005048</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005049
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005050<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005051<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005052 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005053</div>
5054
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005055<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005056
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005057<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005058<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005059 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005060</pre>
5061
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005062<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005063<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005064 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5065 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005066
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005067<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005068<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5069 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5070 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5071 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005072
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005073<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005074<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5075 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5076 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5077 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005078
5079<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005080 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5081 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005082
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005083<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5084 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5085 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005086
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005087<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005088<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5089
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005090<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5091 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5092 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005093
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005094</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005095
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005096<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005097<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5098<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005099
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005100<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005101
5102<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005103 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5104 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5105 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5106 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5107 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005108
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005109<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005110 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5111 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5112 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5113 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5114 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5115 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5116 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005117
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005118<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5119 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5120 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5121 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5122 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5123 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5124 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5125 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5126 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5127 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005128
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005129<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5130 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5131 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5132 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5133 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5134 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5135 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5136 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5137 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5138 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005139
5140<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005141 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005142
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005143</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005144
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005145<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005146<div class="doc_subsection">
5147 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5148</div>
5149
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005150<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005151
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005152<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5153 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5154 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5155 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005156
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005157<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5158 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5159 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5160 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005161
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005162<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005163 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5164 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005165
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005166<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005167<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005168define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005169 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005170 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005171 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005172 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005173
5174 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005175 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005176
5177 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005178 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005179 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005180 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005181 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005182
5183 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005184 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005185 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005186}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005187
5188declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5189declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5190declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005191</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005192</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005193
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005194</div>
5195
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005196<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005197<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005198 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005199</div>
5200
5201
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005202<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005203
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005204<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005205<pre>
5206 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5207</pre>
5208
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005209<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005210<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5211 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005212
5213<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005214<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005215
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005216<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005217<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005218 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5219 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5220 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5221 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5222 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5223 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005224
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005225</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005226
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005227<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005228<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005229 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005230</div>
5231
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005232<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005233
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005234<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5235<pre>
5236 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5237</pre>
5238
5239<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005240<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005241 which has been initialized previously
5242 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5243 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005244
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005245<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005246<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005247
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005248<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005249<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005250 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5251 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5252 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5253 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5254 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005255
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005256</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005257
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005258<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005259<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005260 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005261</div>
5262
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005263<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005264
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005265<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005266<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005267 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005268</pre>
5269
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005270<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005271<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005272 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005273
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005274<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005275<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005276 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5277 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005278
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005279<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005280<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005281 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5282 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5283 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5284 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5285 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005286
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005287</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005288
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005289<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5290<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005291 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5292</div>
5293
5294<div class="doc_text">
5295
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005296<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005297Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005298intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5299roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5300require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5301barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5302these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5303see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5304LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005305
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005306<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5307 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005308
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005309</div>
5310
5311<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5312<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005313 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005314</div>
5315
5316<div class="doc_text">
5317
5318<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005319<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005320 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005321</pre>
5322
5323<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005324<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005325 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005326
5327<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005328<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005329 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5330 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5331 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005332
5333<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005334<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005335 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5336 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5337 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5338 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005339
5340</div>
5341
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005342<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5343<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005344 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005345</div>
5346
5347<div class="doc_text">
5348
5349<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005350<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005351 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005352</pre>
5353
5354<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005355<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005356 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5357 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005358
5359<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005360<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005361 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5362 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5363 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005364
5365<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005366<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005367 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5368 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5369 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5370 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005371
5372</div>
5373
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005374<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5375<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005376 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005377</div>
5378
5379<div class="doc_text">
5380
5381<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005382<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005383 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005384</pre>
5385
5386<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005387<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005388 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5389 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005390
5391<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005392<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005393 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5394 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5395 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005396
5397<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005398<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005399 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5400 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5401 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5402 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005403
5404</div>
5405
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005406<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5407<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005408 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5409</div>
5410
5411<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005412
5413<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5414 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005415
5416</div>
5417
5418<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5419<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005420 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005421</div>
5422
5423<div class="doc_text">
5424
5425<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5426<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005427 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005428</pre>
5429
5430<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005431<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5432 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5433 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005434
5435<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005436<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5437 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5438 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005439
5440<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005441<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5442 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5443 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5444 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5445 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005446
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005447<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5448 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5449 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005450
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005451</div>
5452
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005453<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5454<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005455 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005456</div>
5457
5458<div class="doc_text">
5459
5460<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5461<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005462 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005463</pre>
5464
5465<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005466<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5467 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005468
5469<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005470<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5471 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5472 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005473
5474<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005475<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5476 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5477 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5478 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5479 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005480
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005481<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5482 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5483 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005484
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005485</div>
5486
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005487<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5488<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005489 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005490</div>
5491
5492<div class="doc_text">
5493
5494<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5495<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005496 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005497</pre>
5498
5499<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005500<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5501 of the function stack, for use
5502 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5503 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5504 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005505
5506<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005507<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5508 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5509 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5510 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5511 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5512 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5513 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005514
5515</div>
5516
5517<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5518<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005519 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005520</div>
5521
5522<div class="doc_text">
5523
5524<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5525<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005526 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005527</pre>
5528
5529<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005530<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5531 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5532 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5533 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5534 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005535
5536<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005537<p>See the description
5538 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005539
5540</div>
5541
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005542<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5543<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005544 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005545</div>
5546
5547<div class="doc_text">
5548
5549<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5550<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005551 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005552</pre>
5553
5554<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005555<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5556 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5557 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5558 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005559
5560<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005561<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5562 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5563 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5564 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5565 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005566
5567<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005568<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5569 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5570 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5571 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005572
5573</div>
5574
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005575<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5576<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005577 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005578</div>
5579
5580<div class="doc_text">
5581
5582<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5583<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005584 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005585</pre>
5586
5587<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005588<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5589 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5590 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5591 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5592 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5593 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5594 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5595 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005596
5597<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005598<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005599
5600<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005601<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5602 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005603
5604</div>
5605
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005606<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5607<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005608 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005609</div>
5610
5611<div class="doc_text">
5612
5613<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5614<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005615 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005616</pre>
5617
5618<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005619<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5620 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5621 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5622 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5623 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005624
5625<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005626<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5627 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5628 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5629 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005630
5631</div>
5632
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005633<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5634<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005635 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5636</div>
5637
5638<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005639
5640<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5641 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5642 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5643 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005644
5645</div>
5646
5647<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5648<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005649 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005650</div>
5651
5652<div class="doc_text">
5653
5654<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005655<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5656 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5657
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005658<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005659 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005660 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005661 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5662 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005663 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005664 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005665 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005666 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005667</pre>
5668
5669<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005670<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5671 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005672
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005673<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5674 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005675
5676<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005677<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5678 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5679 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5680 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005681
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005682<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5683 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5684 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005685
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005686<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005687<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5688 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5689 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5690 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5691 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005692
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005693</div>
5694
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005695<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5696<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005697 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005698</div>
5699
5700<div class="doc_text">
5701
5702<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005703<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005704 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5705
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005706<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005707 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005708 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005709 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5710 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005711 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005712 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005713 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005714 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005715</pre>
5716
5717<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005718<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5719 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5720 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5721 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005722
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005723<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5724 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005725
5726<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005727<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5728 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5729 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5730 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005731
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005732<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5733 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5734 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005735
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005736<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005737<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5738 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5739 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5740 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5741 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005742
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005743</div>
5744
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005745<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5746<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005747 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005748</div>
5749
5750<div class="doc_text">
5751
5752<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005753<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005754 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5755
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005756<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005757 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005758 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005759 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5760 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005761 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005762 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005763 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005764 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005765</pre>
5766
5767<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005768<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5769 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005770
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005771<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5772 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005773
5774<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005775<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5776 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5777 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5778 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005779
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005780<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5781 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5782 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005783
5784<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005785<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5786 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5787 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5788 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005789
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005790</div>
5791
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005792<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5793<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005794 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005795</div>
5796
5797<div class="doc_text">
5798
5799<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005800<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5801 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5802 types however.</p>
5803
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005804<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005805 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5806 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5807 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5808 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5809 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005810</pre>
5811
5812<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005813<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5814 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5815 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5816 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5817 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5818 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005819
5820<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005821<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5822 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005823
5824<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005825<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5826 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005827
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005828</div>
5829
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005830<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5831<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005832 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005833</div>
5834
5835<div class="doc_text">
5836
5837<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005838<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5839 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5840 types however.</p>
5841
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005842<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005843 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5844 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5845 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5846 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5847 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005848</pre>
5849
5850<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005851<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5852 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5853 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5854 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005855
5856<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005857<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5858 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005859
5860<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005861<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5862 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005863
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005864</div>
5865
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005866<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5867<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5868 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5869</div>
5870
5871<div class="doc_text">
5872
5873<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005874<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5875 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5876 types however.</p>
5877
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005878<pre>
5879 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5880 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5881 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5882 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5883 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5884</pre>
5885
5886<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005887<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005888
5889<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005890<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5891 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005892
5893<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005894<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5895 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5896 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005897
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005898</div>
5899
5900<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5901<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5902 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5903</div>
5904
5905<div class="doc_text">
5906
5907<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005908<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5909 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5910 types however.</p>
5911
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005912<pre>
5913 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5914 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5915 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5916 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5917 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5918</pre>
5919
5920<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005921<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005922
5923<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005924<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5925 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005926
5927<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005928<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5929 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5930 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005931
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005932</div>
5933
5934<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5935<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5936 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5937</div>
5938
5939<div class="doc_text">
5940
5941<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005942<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5943 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5944 types however.</p>
5945
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005946<pre>
5947 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5948 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5949 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5950 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5951 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5952</pre>
5953
5954<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005955<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5956 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005957
5958<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005959<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5960 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005961
5962<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005963<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
5964 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
5965 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005966
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005967</div>
5968
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005969<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5970<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005971 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005972</div>
5973
5974<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005975
5976<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
5977 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005978
5979</div>
5980
5981<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5982<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005983 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005984</div>
5985
5986<div class="doc_text">
5987
5988<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005989<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005990 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
5991
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005992<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005993 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
5994 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
5995 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005996</pre>
5997
5998<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005999<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6000 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6001 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6002 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006003
6004<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006005<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6006 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6007 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6008 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6009 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6010 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6011 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6012 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006013
6014</div>
6015
6016<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6017<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006018 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006019</div>
6020
6021<div class="doc_text">
6022
6023<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006024<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006025 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6026
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006027<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006028 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006029 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006030 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006031 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6032 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006033</pre>
6034
6035<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006036<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6037 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006038
6039<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006040<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6041 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006042
6043<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006044<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006045
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006046</div>
6047
6048<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6049<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006050 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006051</div>
6052
6053<div class="doc_text">
6054
6055<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006056<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6057 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6058
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006059<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006060 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6061 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006062 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006063 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6064 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006065</pre>
6066
6067<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006068<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6069 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006070
6071<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006072<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6073 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006074
6075<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006076<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6077 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6078 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006079
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006080</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006081
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006082<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6083<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006084 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006085</div>
6086
6087<div class="doc_text">
6088
6089<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006090<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6091 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6092
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006093<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006094 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6095 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006096 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006097 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6098 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006099</pre>
6100
6101<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006102<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6103 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006104
6105<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006106<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6107 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006108
6109<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006110<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6111 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6112 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006113
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006114</div>
6115
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006116<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6117<div class="doc_subsection">
6118 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6119</div>
6120
6121<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006122
6123<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006124
6125</div>
6126
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006127<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6128<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006129 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006130</div>
6131
6132<div class="doc_text">
6133
6134<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006135<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006137
6138<pre>
6139 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6140 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6141 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6142</pre>
6143
6144<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006145<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006146 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6147 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006148
6149<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006150<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006151 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6152 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6153 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6154 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006155
6156<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006157<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006158 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6159 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6160 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6161 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006162
6163<h5>Examples:</h5>
6164<pre>
6165 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6166 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6167 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6168 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6169</pre>
6170
6171</div>
6172
6173<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6174<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006175 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006176</div>
6177
6178<div class="doc_text">
6179
6180<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006181<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006182 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006183
6184<pre>
6185 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6186 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6187 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6188</pre>
6189
6190<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006191<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006192 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6193 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006194
6195<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006196<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006197 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6198 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6199 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6200 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006201
6202<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006203<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006204 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6205 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6206 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006207
6208<h5>Examples:</h5>
6209<pre>
6210 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6211 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6212 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6213 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6214</pre>
6215
6216</div>
6217
6218<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6219<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006220 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006221</div>
6222
6223<div class="doc_text">
6224
6225<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006226<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006227 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006228
6229<pre>
6230 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6231 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6232 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6233</pre>
6234
6235<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006236<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006237 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6238 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006239
6240<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006241<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006242 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6243 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6244 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6245 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006246
6247<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006248<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006249 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6250 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6251 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6252 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006253
6254<h5>Examples:</h5>
6255<pre>
6256 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6257 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6258 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6259 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6260</pre>
6261
6262</div>
6263
6264<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6265<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006266 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006267</div>
6268
6269<div class="doc_text">
6270
6271<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006272<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006273 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006274
6275<pre>
6276 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6277 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6278 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6279</pre>
6280
6281<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006282<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006283 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6284 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006285
6286<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006287<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006288 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6289 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6290 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6291 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006292
6293<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006294<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006295 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6296 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6297 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6298 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006299
6300<h5>Examples:</h5>
6301<pre>
6302 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6303 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6304 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6305 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6306</pre>
6307
6308</div>
6309
6310<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6311<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006312 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006313</div>
6314
6315<div class="doc_text">
6316
6317<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006318<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006319 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006320
6321<pre>
6322 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6323 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6324 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6325</pre>
6326
6327<h5>Overview:</h5>
6328
6329<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006330 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6331 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006332
6333<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006334<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006335 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6336 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6337 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6338 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006339
6340<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006341<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006342 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6343 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6344 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6345 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006346
6347<h5>Examples:</h5>
6348<pre>
6349 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6350 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6351 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6352 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6353</pre>
6354
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006355</div>
6356
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006357<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6358<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6359 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6360</div>
6361
6362<div class="doc_text">
6363
6364<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006365<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006366 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006367
6368<pre>
6369 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6370 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6371 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6372</pre>
6373
6374<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006375<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006376 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6377 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006378
6379<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006380<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006381 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6382 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6383 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6384 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006385
6386<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006387<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006388 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6389 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6390 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6391 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006392
6393<h5>Examples:</h5>
6394<pre>
6395 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6396 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6397 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6398 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6399</pre>
6400
6401</div>
6402
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006403<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6404<div class="doc_subsection">
6405 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6406</div>
6407
6408<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006409
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006410<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6411 prefix), are described in
6412 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6413 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6414
6415</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006416
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006417<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6418<div class="doc_subsection">
6419 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6420</div>
6421
6422<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006423
6424<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6425 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6426 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6427 Handling</a> document.</p>
6428
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006429</div>
6430
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006431<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6432<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006433 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006434</div>
6435
6436<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006437
6438<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6439 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6440 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6441 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6442 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6443 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6444 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6445
6446<p>For example, if the function is
6447 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6448 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6449 follows:</p>
6450
6451<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006452<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006453 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6454 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6455 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6456 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006457</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006458</div>
6459
6460<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6461 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6462
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006463</div>
6464
6465<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6466<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6467 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6468</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006469
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006470<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006471
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006472<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6473<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006474 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006475</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006476
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006477<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006478<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6479 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6480
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006481<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006482<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6483 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6484 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6485 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6486 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6487 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6488 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6489 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6490
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006491<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006492<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6493 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6494 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6495 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6496 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6497 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6498 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6499 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6500 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6501 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6502 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6503 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6504
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006505</div>
6506
6507<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6508<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006509 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6510</div>
6511
6512<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006513
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006514<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6515 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6516 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6517 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6518 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6519 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6520 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6521 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6522 synchronization IR.</p>
6523
6524<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6525 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6526 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6527 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6528 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6529 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6530 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6531
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006532</div>
6533
6534<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6535<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6536 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6537</div>
6538<div class="doc_text">
6539<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6540<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006541 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006542</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006543
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006544<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006545<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6546 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6547
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006548<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006549<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6550 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6551 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6552 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006553
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006554<ul>
6555 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6556 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6557 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6558 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6559 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6560</ul>
6561
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006562<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006563<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6564 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6565 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6566 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6567 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6568 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6569 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6570 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006571
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006572<ul>
6573 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6574 after the barrier begins.</li>
6575 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
6576 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6577 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6578 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6579 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6580 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6581</ul>
6582
6583<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6584 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6585
6586<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6587 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6588 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6589 noops.</p>
6590
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006591<h5>Example:</h5>
6592<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006593%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6594%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006595 store i32 4, %ptr
6596
6597%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6598 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6599 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6600 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6601</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006602
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006603</div>
6604
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006605<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6606<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006607 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006608</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006609
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006610<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006611
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006612<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006613<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6614 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6615 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006616
6617<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006618 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6619 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6620 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6621 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006622</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006623
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006624<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006625<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6626 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6627
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006628<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006629<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6630 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6631 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6632 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6633 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006634
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006635<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006636<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6637 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6638 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6639 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6640 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6641 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006642
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006643<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006644<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006645%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6646%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006647 store i32 4, %ptr
6648
6649%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006650%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006651 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6652%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6653%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6654
6655%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006656%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006657 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6658%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6659
6660%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6661</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006662
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006663</div>
6664
6665<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6666<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6667 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6668</div>
6669<div class="doc_text">
6670<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6671
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006672<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6673 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6674
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006675<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006676 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6677 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6678 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6679 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006680</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006681
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006682<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006683<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6684 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6685 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6686
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006687<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006688<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6689 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6690 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6691 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6692 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006693
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006694<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006695<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6696 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6697 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006698
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006699<h5>Examples:</h5>
6700<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006701%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6702%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006703 store i32 4, %ptr
6704
6705%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006706%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006707 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6708%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6709%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6710
6711%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006712%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006713 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6714
6715%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6716%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6717</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006718
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006719</div>
6720
6721<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6722<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006723 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006724
6725</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006726
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006727<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006728
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006730<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6731 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6732
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006733<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006734 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6735 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6736 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6737 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006738</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006739
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006740<h5>Overview:</h5>
6741<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6742 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6743
6744<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6745<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6746 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6747 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6748 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6749
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006750<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006751<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6752 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6753 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006754
6755<h5>Examples:</h5>
6756<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006757%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6758%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6759 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006760%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006761 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006762%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006763 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006764%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006765 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006766%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006767</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006768
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006769</div>
6770
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006771<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6772<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6773 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6774
6775</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006776
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006777<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006778
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006779<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006780<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6781 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6782 support all bit widths however.</p>
6783
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006784<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006785 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6786 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6787 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6788 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006789</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006790
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006791<h5>Overview:</h5>
6792<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6793 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6794
6795<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6796<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6797 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6798 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6799 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6800
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006801<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006802<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6803 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6804 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6805 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006806
6807<h5>Examples:</h5>
6808<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006809%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6810%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6811 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006812%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006813 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006814%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006815 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006816%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006817 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6818%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6819</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006820
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006821</div>
6822
6823<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6824<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6825 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6826 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6827 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6828 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006829</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006830
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006831<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006832
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006833<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006834<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6835 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6836 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6837 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6838 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006839
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006840<pre>
6841 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6842 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6843 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6844 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006845</pre>
6846
6847<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006848 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6849 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6850 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6851 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006852</pre>
6853
6854<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006855 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6856 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6857 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6858 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006859</pre>
6860
6861<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006862 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6863 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6864 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6865 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006866</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006867
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006868<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006869<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6870 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6871 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006872
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006873<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6874<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6875 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6876 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6877 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6878
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006879<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006880<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6881 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6882 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6883 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006884
6885<h5>Examples:</h5>
6886<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006887%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6888%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6889 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006890%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006891 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006892%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006893 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006894%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006895 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006896%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006897 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6898%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6899</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006900
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006901</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006902
6903<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6904<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6905 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6906 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6907 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6908 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006909</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006910
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006911<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006912
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006913<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006914<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6915 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6916 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6917 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006918
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006919<pre>
6920 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6921 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6922 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6923 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006924</pre>
6925
6926<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006927 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6928 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6929 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6930 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006931</pre>
6932
6933<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006934 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6935 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6936 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6937 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006938</pre>
6939
6940<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006941 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6942 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6943 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6944 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006945</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006947<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006948<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6949 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6950 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006951
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006952<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6953<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6954 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6955 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6956 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6957
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006958<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006959<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6960 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
6961 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
6962 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006963
6964<h5>Examples:</h5>
6965<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006966%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6967%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6968 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006969%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006970 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006971%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006972 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006973%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006974 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006975%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006976 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
6977%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
6978</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006979
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006980</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006981
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00006982
6983<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6984<div class="doc_subsection">
6985 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
6986</div>
6987
6988<div class="doc_text">
6989
6990<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
6991 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
6992
6993</div>
6994
6995<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6996<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6997 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6998</div>
6999
7000<div class="doc_text">
7001
7002<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7003<pre>
7004 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7005</pre>
7006
7007<h5>Overview:</h5>
7008<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7009 object's lifetime.</p>
7010
7011<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007012<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7013 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7014 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007015
7016<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7017<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7018 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007019 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7020 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007021 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7022
7023</div>
7024
7025<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7026<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7027 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7028</div>
7029
7030<div class="doc_text">
7031
7032<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7033<pre>
7034 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7035</pre>
7036
7037<h5>Overview:</h5>
7038<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7039 object's lifetime.</p>
7040
7041<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007042<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7043 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7044 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007045
7046<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7047<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7048 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7049 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7050 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7051
7052</div>
7053
7054<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7055<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7056 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7057</div>
7058
7059<div class="doc_text">
7060
7061<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7062<pre>
7063 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7064</pre>
7065
7066<h5>Overview:</h5>
7067<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7068 a memory object will not change.</p>
7069
7070<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007071<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7072 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7073 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007074
7075<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7076<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7077 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7078 unchanging.</p>
7079
7080</div>
7081
7082<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7083<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7084 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7085</div>
7086
7087<div class="doc_text">
7088
7089<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7090<pre>
7091 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7092</pre>
7093
7094<h5>Overview:</h5>
7095<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7096 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7097
7098<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7099<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007100 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7101 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7102 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007103
7104<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7105<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7106
7107</div>
7108
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007109<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7110<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007111 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7112</div>
7113
7114<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007115
7116<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7117 purpose.</p>
7118
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007119</div>
7120
7121<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7122<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7123 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7124</div>
7125
7126<div class="doc_text">
7127
7128<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7129<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007130 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007131</pre>
7132
7133<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007134<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007135
7136<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007137<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7138 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7139 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007140
7141<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007142<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7143 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7144 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7145 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007146
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007147</div>
7148
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007149<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7150<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007151 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007152</div>
7153
7154<div class="doc_text">
7155
7156<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007157<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7158 any integer bit width.</p>
7159
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007160<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007161 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7162 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7163 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7164 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7165 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007166</pre>
7167
7168<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007169<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007170
7171<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007172<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7173 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7174 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7175 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007176
7177<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007178<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7179 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7180 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7181 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007182
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007183</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007184
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007185<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7186<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7187 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7188</div>
7189
7190<div class="doc_text">
7191
7192<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7193<pre>
7194 declare void @llvm.trap()
7195</pre>
7196
7197<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007198<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007199
7200<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007201<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007202
7203<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007204<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7205 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7206 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007207
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007208</div>
7209
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007210<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7211<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007212 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007213</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007214
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007215<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007216
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007217<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7218<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007219 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007220</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007221
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007222<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007223<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7224 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7225 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7226
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007227<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007228<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7229 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7230 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7231 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7232
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007233<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007234<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7235 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7236 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7237 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7238 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7239 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7240 function.</p>
7241
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007242</div>
7243
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007244<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007245<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007246<address>
7247 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007248 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007249 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007250 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007251
7252 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007253 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007254 Last modified: $Date$
7255</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007256
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007257</body>
7258</html>